ECO-TECH d ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER

ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION ............................................ 1-1
1.1 DESCRIPTION ............................................ 1-1
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING ............................... 1-1
1.3 SERVICE .................................................... 1-1
2. INSTALLATION .................................... 2-1TO 2-4
2.1 ASSEMBLY .................................................
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE ...................................
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS .........................
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ..................
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS .........................
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION ................. 3-1
3.1 GENERAL ...................................................
3.2 WARM-UP ...................................................
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE ................................
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE .......................
3.5 HOLD / IDEL MODE ...................................
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH ..................
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL ................................
3.8 SHUT DOWN ..............................................
4. OPERATION ......................................... 4-1TO 4-2
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATIONS .....................
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES .....................
4.2.2 START UP & PREHEATING .......................
4.3 SHUT DOWN & DAILY CLEANING ............
4.4 PERIODIC CLEANING ...............................
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-2
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING ................................. 5-1
5.1 GENERAL ................................................... 5-1
6. MAINTENANCE .................................. 6-1TO 6-10
6.1 GENERAL ...................................................
6.2 DAILY CLEANING .......................................
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ..................
6.4 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL
SERVICE ACCESS .....................................
6.5 DOOR ADJUSTMENT ................................
6.5.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT ...................................
6.5.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT ...
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
LIST OF FIGURES & PARTS LISTS
2. INSTALLATION
FIG 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY ......................... 2-1
FIG 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM ................................. 2-4
4. OPERATION
FIG 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL
TIMER ...................................................... 4-2
6. MAINTENANCE
FIG 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY ..................................
FIG 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY ...........
FIG 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY ..................
FIG 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY ......................
FIG 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY ..................
FIG 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY ...............
FIG 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY ...........
FIG 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY ..........................
FIG 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY .......................
i
6-4
6-5
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-2
6-2
6-2
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.5 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHEATING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.3 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.4 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve.
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short.
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.4 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.5 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.5.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.5.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.5.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.6 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2: O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12
ECO-TECH d
ELECTRIC STEAM COOKER
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 DESCRIPTION
For continuous steam, set the selector timer knob to the
“constant steam” position (the green area of the
selector/timer switch). The cooker will continue to steam
until the switch is moved to the “Hold/Idle” position.
The Eco Tech® represents the latest in counter top
steam technology, designed to apply the benefits of
steam cooking to today’s health-conscious menus. Ideal
for batch cooking, à-la-carte, and rethermalization of
individual entrées, the Eco Tech™ puts the power of
steam on your counter top. The Eco Tech™ is a
pressureless steam cooker consisting of:
If you desire a timed steam cooking cycle, just set the
timer knob to the cook time (up to 60 minutes).
In the timed steam mode, the cooker will create steam
for the duration of time you have set. Once the timer
reaches the end of its cycle (0 minutes), the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which ceases the
steaming function. The generator will continue to idle at
170°F.
• 3, 5, or 6-pan cavity
• Electric pressureless generator (6, 9, or 12-kW inputs)
• Mechanical controls
• Low water indicator
• Hold feature
These features and functions will be discussed in greater
detail in Section 3.
Each unit is equipped with a standard steam-and-hold
feature. At the completion of the cooking cycle, place the
timer knob to the “Hold/Idle” position.
A steam-on-demand steam generator system gives quick
start-ups and efficient steam transfer to the cooking
compartment, without the use of expensive vacuum
pumps. In tests for energy efficiency and cooking times
performed in accordance with ASTM standards, the Eco
Tech® yielded impressive results over other similar
counter top steamers.
MODELS: m ET-3E
m ET-5E
m ET-6E
m SB-ET-3E
m SB-ET-6E
The hold feature is controlled by a separate thermostat
with an additional temperature gauge mounted just below
the control panel. The unit will now act as a holding
cabinet until you call for steam again. During this time,
the generator will continue to idle at 170°F.
The steam generator is drained from the bottom of the
unit. You need at least a 4” deep steam pan underneath
the unit.
With the “hold” feature, your Eco Tech® will keep cooked
foods at 160°F until you are ready to serve, giving you
more time between cooking and serving—it’s a Market
Forge exclusive.
As your operation grows, so does your Eco Tech®. By
stacking multiple Eco Tech® models, you can
accommodate up to 10 pans, creating a complete highoutput steam cooking system.
COVERING:
• INSTALLATION
• OPERATION
• SERVICE & PARTS
1.3 SERVICE
Required service, both preventative and corrective, is
explained in Sections 6 and 7. Should repairs be
required, a network of authorized agencies is available to
assist with prompt service. A current Directory of
Authorized Service Agencies may be obtained by
contacting:
1.2 BASIC FUNCTIONING
To begin operation, the power switch is pressed into the
on position, illuminating the power light. Pour about 2 1/2
gallons water into the steam generator, located at bottom
of cavity. DO NOT exceed the “MAXIMUM WATER
LINE”. Turn the timer to approximately 15 minutes. This
will energize the heating elements. At the end of
15 minutes the buzzer will go off, indicating that the unit
is now ready to cook.
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL
2. INSTALLATION
Product Service Department
Market Forge Industries, Inc.
35 Garvey Street
Everett, Massachusetts 02149
Telephone: (617) 387-4100
The Model and Serial Numbers must be referenced
when corresponding with Market Forge. The data plate
containing the serial number is located on the top front of
the steamer (body panel).
A steaming mode is selected with the timer/selector
switch.
MODEL: ET-3E
2.1 ASSEMBLY
The assembled Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker is
shipped in a carton on a skid. Steps required for
assembly are as follows:
AMPS
6Kw 9Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
29
17
43
25
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
25
15
38
22
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
13
7
19
11
1. Remove the carton and the unit off the skid.
2. Install the feet into the threaded mounting locations on
the bottom of the unit.
3. Install a rack supports to the left & right insideof the
cooking cavity mounting holes.
MODELS: ET-5E & ET-6E
4. Install the vent strainer in the back inside the cooking
cavity.
5. Mount the drip trough to the front of the unit.
6. Slide the ala-carte shelf into place on the slide guides.
2.2 SETTING IN PLACE
If possible, a location should be selected under an
exhaust hood which will remove small amounts of vapor
emitted from the cooker during normal operation. Next,
level the unit after it is placed in its final location. This is
accomplished by turning the bottom part of the
adjustable feet. Using the cabinet top as a reference,
obtain level adjustment left-to-right and front-to-back.
MAKE SURE UNIT IS LEVEL
AMPS
9Kw 12Kw
VOLTS
PHASE
208V
60Hz
1E
3E
43
25
58
34
240V
60Hz
1E
3E
37.5
22
50
29
480V
60Hz
1E
3E
19
11
25
15
NOTE: ET-3E 9kW & ET-5/6E 12kW factory options.
TABLE 2.0
1. Turn off power to the unit.
2. Open the cooking compartment door
2.3 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3. Remove the two screws that attach the top hinge to
the front of the unit.
The only service connection at the back of the unit is the
electrical connection. Please see the illustrations and
table located in Table 2.1 for service connections, details,
and dimensions.
4. Slide the door upwards, off the bottom hinge.
5. Remove the two screws that attach the bottom hinge
to the front of the units.
2.3.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
6. Remove the right and left side panels by unscrewing
the 1 screw on each panel and sliding the panel down.
Caution: Use copper wire only for power supply
connections.
Please refer to Table 2.1 for details of electrical service
connections.
Electrical connection power supply should utilize wire
suitable for 90°C.
7. Remove the door interlock assembly by unscrewing
the two nuts that hold it in place (assembly is attached
to the screws in the top right hinge mounting holes,
see fig. 2-1).
2.4 REVERSING THE DOORS
35 Garvey Street l Everett l MA 02149 l Tel: (617) 387-4100
Fax: (617) 387-4456 l E-Mail: custserv@mfii.com l Website: mfii.com
FORM NO. S-2501 REV. E 5/03
i
1-1
2-1
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
3. INITIAL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Printed in the U.S.A
2. INSTALLATION (CONTINUED)
9. Using the nuts removed in step #6, reinstall the door
interlock assembly onto the 2 screws in the lower left
hinge mounting holes (see fig. 2-1) by moving the
assembly over the cooking cavity to the other side of
the unit. Rotate the door interlock assembly 180° for
installation, so that the switch is now facing up.
8. Remove the four screws in the right side hinge
mounting holes and install them in the left side hinge
mounting holes (where the hinges were originally
mounted).
The Eco Tech Pressureless Steam Cooker has a
reversible cooking compartment door for your
convenience. This section contains instructions for
reversing this door.
15. Rotate the door 180° for mounting.
16. Slide the remaining hinge into the top door bearing.
17. Slide the door and hinge assembly down onto the
hinge which you have already mounted to the front of
the unit. Use the two screws to mount the top hinge
into the right upper hinge mounting holes. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET.
10. Reinstall the top hinge and screws into the right lower
hinge mounting holes. Rotate the hinge 180° for
installation, so that the pin which the door rides on is
now facing up. The hinge must be rotated because it
will now function as the bottom hinge. DO NOT
COMPLETELY TIGHTEN THE HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS YET. These will be used later for adjusting
the door.
TABLE 2.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
CW Optional - Auto Water
E
24"
[610 mm]
3"
[76 mm]
11. Remove the door latch assembly from the face of the
unit. The 2 nuts mounting the door latch are located
behind the face of the unit and must be accessed
where the right side panel was removed.
2"
[51 mm]
CW
6.5" (165mm)
9.63" (245mm)
18.8"
(447 mm)
20. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
12. Remove the two white hole plugs from the left door
latch mounting holes, and insert them into the right
door latch mounting holes (where the door latch
assembly was originally mounted).
21. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered
with the striker.
13. Rotate the door latch assembly 180°, and install into
the left door latch mounting holes.
22. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the
latch, and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of
the cooking compartment.
NOTE: Each stud on the latch assembly should have
a plastic washer, a spring, a plastic washer and a Nyloc
type nut.
REAR VIEW
1.5"
[38 mm]
TOP VIEW
TOP RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
ET-3E
10.7" [271]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
ET-5 & ET-6E
17.2" [436]
14" [356]
22.5" [571]
LOWER LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
Your Eco-Tech® comes with a unique “High / Low
Power” system. This feature allows smaller portions to be
cooked with less power. If your menu demands are
reduced, the
Eco - Tech allows you to save energy.
This is a Market Forge exclusive!
3.7 LOW WATER SIGNAL
During cooking, the water in the steam generator will
keep evaporating. When the generator is nearly empty,
the heaters, for safety reasons, will be turned off and a
beeper will sound, indicating an abrupt end to the
cooking mode and a need to add water until the beeper
turns off.
Set the selector/timer knob to 10 minutes and close the
door. The temperature gauge will slowly register
increasing temperatures up to 212°F.
3.8 SHUT DOWN
No special procedure is necessary for shutting the unit
down. Simply press the power switch into the “off”
position, and open the drain valve at the bottom. The
indicator lights on the control panel will go out, and the
generator will drain. Then empty the drain pan.
Caution: When the unit is not in use, leave the cooking
compartment door slightly ajar to prolong the life of the
door gasket.
When the timer reaches 0 minutes, the buzzer will
sound. The buzzer is silenced by returning the
selector/timer knob to the “hold / idle” position.
3.4 CONSTANT STEAM MODE
NUMBER OF PANS
PAN SIZE
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
POSITION WHEN DOOR IS
REVERSED
3.6 HIGH / LOW POWER SWITCH
Push the power switch to the “on” position. The heaters
will energize. After 15 minutes the buzzer will go off,
indicating that the steamer is ready to cook. The
temperature gauge will indicate a 212°F temperature. At
this time you may choose either to load food to cook or
turn the timer knob to “hold / idle” mode prior to actual
cooking. In the hold / idle mode, the temperature gauge
will show a temperature of around 170°F.
CAPACITY
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
You enter this mode by placing the selector/timer knob to
the “Hold / Idle” position. This mode only works if the
steaming cycle has been completed and the door has
been left closed. The cooking cavity will hold product
between 150°F - 190°F
3.3 TIMED STEAM MODE
MODEL
INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL POSITION
3.1 HOLD / IDEL MODE
3.2 WARM-UP
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
25. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in step 22.
LEFT DOOR LATCH
MOUNTING HOLES
Height
Model
5 & 6 Pan 28" [712 mm]
21.5" [546 mm]
3 Pan
NOTE: Water used in this unit, should have hardness of no greater than 2.0 grains per gallon and pH level is
within the range of 7.0-8.5. Water which fails to meet these standards should be treated by installation of a
water conditioner. Equipment failure caused by inadequate water quality is not covered under warranty.
24. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws.
TOP LEFT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
4"
[102 mm]
E = Electrical Connection
CW = Semi-Auto Water Feed (Factory Option)
D = Drain Kit (Factory Option)
23. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
14. To adjust the tension of the door latch, tighten both
nuts down until the springs are fully compressed, then
back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
After the cooker is completely assembled, all packaging
materials removed, and all service connections are
made, all systems must be given a thorough checkout
before being put into operation. We begin by making
sure that the drain valve is closed and the empty drain
pan is in its proper position. Pour about 2 1/2 gallons of
water into the bottom of the cooking cavity or up to the
“MAXIMUM WATER LINE”. Mount both racks and the Ala
- Carte - Shelf in place. Confirm that all service
connections are correct. Close the cooking compartment
door, and turn the timer knob to 15 minutes.
SEE
BELOW
D
30"
[762 mm]
modes.This mode is entered by turning the selector/timer
knob to the “constant steam” position on the dial (green
area). With the knob set for constant steam, and the door
closed, the temperature gauge should indicate a
temperature of 212°F
This section contains information for you to test and
familiarize yourself with the operation of the Eco Tech™.
D Optional - Drain Kit
18. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
19. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber mallet.
3.1 GENERAL
E
Feed (Cold)
ET-3E
ET-5E
ET-6E
12" x 20" x 1"
6
8
10
12" x 20" x 2.5"
3
5
6
12" x 20" x 4"
2
3
4
The constant steam mode overrides all other cooking
LOWER RIGHT HINGE
MOUNTING HOLES
08-7352 [ REV J ]
FIG. 2.1 DOOR REVERSABILITY
FIG. 2.2 WIRING DIAGRAM
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4. OPERATION
4. OPERATION (CONTINUED)
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
5. TROUBLE-SHOOTING (CONTINUED)
4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
The heaters will be energized. After 15 minutes, the
buzzer will go off, indicating that the steamer is ready to
cook. You may at this time either decide to cook in a
constant steam/timer mode or turn the timer knob to
“hold/idle” mode to idle the steamer around 170°F.
The controls and indicators used to operate the Eco Tech
pressureless steam cooker are listed and described in
Table 4.1.
4.2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.2.2 COOKING-MECHANICAL CONTROLS
This section includes general instructions for daily
operation of the Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker.
You should review Sections 3.1 through 3.6 of this
manual if you are unfamiliar with the functions of the Eco
Tech™. If you require more detailed technical information
on the various Eco Tech™ systems and their functions,
please refer to Section 5 of this manual, “Principles of
Operation.”
NOTE: The temperature gauge needs to indicate
temperatures above 150°F before cooking.
1. Slide pans of food into the cooking compartment pan
support racks.
2. Firmly close the cooking compartment door.
3. Begin steaming by rotating the selection/timer knob to
either the constant steam position or a desired cooking
time.
4.2.1 STARTUP & PREHESTING
The Eco Tech™ pressureless steam cooker requires a
simple startup procedure:
4. At the end of the cook cycle (the buzzer will sound
when the timer has timed out to zero), return the timer
knob to the “Hold/Idle” position, which will turn off the
buzzer.
1. With the drain closed, pour clean water into the empty
steam generator up to the “ MAXIMUM WATER LINE”
2. Press the power switch into the “on” position.
5. If the unit is in constant steam mode, it will continue to
provide steam to the cavity until the selector/timer is
turned to the “Hold/Idle” position. Opening the door will
interrupt the flow of steam to the cavity.
3. With the door closed, turn the timer knob to
15 minutes.
TABLE 4.1 CONTROLS & INDICATORS
POWER SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
CONSTANT STEAM POSITION
Located in the middle of the control panel. Pressing this button into the “on” position
will supply power to the unit. Pressing this button into the “off” position will cut off
power to the generator.
Located near the top of the control panel. Turn the timer knob to set the cook time.
4.1 SHUTDOWN & DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation, the steamer should
be drained and cleaned. Simply press the power switch
into the “off” position, and follow the cleaning steps
outlined below.
Located on the control panel just below the 60 Minute Timer. This switch allows the
end user to choose between power options. “HIGH” mode is for full capacity. “LOW”
mode is for reduced capacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
POWER light does not come on
when the POWER switch is
pressed into the on position.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
Generator will not create steam
(continued)
REMEDY
1. No power to unit.
1. Be sure the power supply is on.
2. Fuse blown.
2. Replace fuse.
3. Faulty POWER switch.
3. Check/replace POWER switch
(P/N 08-6549).
1. Misaligned door.
1. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned. (See Section
6.7)
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
Steam continuously leaks
through the door gasket.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
6. Replace all removed parts.
2. Faulty pressure switch.
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
Steam generator will not fill.
Generator continues to create
steam when the cooking
compartment door is opened.
Generator dosen’t drain when
the drain valve is opened.
2. Replace the pressure switch
(P/N 08-6502).
1. Open drain valve.
Steamer fails to hold.
Generator will not create steam.
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. If dealing with severe scaling
use Market Forge’s descaling product, “Total Concept™”
with water.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
REMEDY
8. Faulty heaters.
8. Check/replace heaters.
9. Wiring short.
9. Check wiring at terminals.
10. No water in generator.
10. Add 2 gallons of water.
11. Faulty exhaust valve..
11. Check/replace exhaust valve
(P/N 08-4952)
12. Faulty preheat thermostat.
12. Check/replace preheat thermostat
(P/N 08-6586)
13. Faulty pressure switch.
13. Check/replace w. c . pressure switch
(P/N's 08-6502 and 08-6580)
1. Faulty magnet reed switch
(contacts failed closed).
1. Check magnetic reed switch, replace if
neccessary (P/N 08-6308)
2. Wiring short..
2. Check wiring at terminals.
1. Clogged or kinked generator drain
line.
1. Check to be sure that the generator
drain line is not kinked and is free of
debrie.
2. Clogged generator drain hole.
2. Check to be sure that the generator
drain hole is free of debrie.
1. Faulty hold thermostat.
1. Replace (P/N 08-6588)
2. Faulty contactor.
2. Replace (P/N 10-5944)
3. Faulty timer.
3. Replace (P/N 08-6464)
1. Close drain valve.
4.3 PERIODIC CLEANING
Located on the timer knob (selection/timer switch), the constant steam feature is
entered by turning the knob clockwise to the green area (marked constant steam).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
If the problem cannot be readily corrected without the use of tools, the operator/maintenance person should contact the
nearest Market Forge service agency for assistance.
TROUBLE
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open.” Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty
as needed.
HIGH & LOW POWER SWITCH
TROUBLE
The information in this section is intended to assist the operator, maintenance and the service personnel in locating the
source of problems which may occur with the cooker. Before following any of the procedures given in this section, the
operator/maintenance person should be thoroughly familiar with Section 4 (“Operation”) of this manual.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
Located below the power switch of the control panel. This will give an audible signal
when the generator needs to be refilled with clean water.
5.1 GENERAL
1. Place an empty 4" deep steam pan under the steamer,
and turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
& cool before emptying the pan.
Located at the bottom of the control panel, it is used to monitor the internal
temperature of the cooking compartment during the steam or “Hold/Idle” mode.
NO WATER ALARM
1. SELECTOR / TIMER KNOB
2. FULL / HALF POWER SIWTCH
3. LOW WATER ALARM
4. POWER SWITCH
5. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1. 208/240/480 power supply is not
connected or not turned on.
1. Check to be sure 208/240/480 power
is connected and on.
2. Cooking compartment door is ajar.
2. Check to be sure that the cooking
compartment door is closed and
latched.
3. Cooking compartment door is
ajar.
3. Check to be sure cooking compartment
door is properly aligned.
4. Faulty door magnet or magnetic
reed switch.
4. Check magnet (P/N 08-5027) and reed
switch (P/N 08-6308). Replace if
needed.
5. Lime buildup in the steam
generator.
5. Clean the generator per Section 4.3.
6. Faulty circuit breaker.
6. Check circuit breaker at your
208/240/480 volt service connection.
Reset if necessary.
7. Faulty control panel TIMER.
7. Check/replace control panel Timer if
necessary (P/N 08-6563).
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
7. If “Total Concept” is needed repeat above
procedure,replacing vinegar with “Total Concept”.
FIG. 4.1 CONTROL PANEL, MECHANICAL TIMER
4-1
4-2
5-1
5-2
6. MAINTENANCE
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6.1 GENERAL
This section contains both preventive and corrective
maintenance information. Preventive maintenance may
be performed by maintenance personnel at the
establishment in which the cooker is installed. It is
recommended that user personnel never attempt to
make repairs or replacements to the equipment.
Assistance in service methods or a current directory of
authorized agencies may be obtained from Market Forge
Industries.
CAUTION:
Under no circumstances should hardware (or parts) be
replaced with a different size or type other than as
specified in the parts list. The hardware used in the
cooker has been selected or designed specifically for its
application, and the use of other hardware may damage
the equipment, can present a safety hazard, and will void
any warranty.
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the power supply from the unit
before servicing any electrical components.
The following sections set forth minimum preventive
maintenance procedures that must be completed
periodically to assure continued trouble-free operation.
6.4 Periodic Cleaning
2. Gently move control panel assembly out away from
unit.
5. The cooking compartment door can now be raised,
lowered, and/or rotated into position by bumping it with
the palm of your hand or by using a small rubber
mallet.
PROCEDURE
6.6.3 DOOR HANDLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Remember that the lip on the door gasket
mounting plate must fit into the channel on the inside
edge of the gasket to insure a proper seal.
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
6. First, check the alignment at the front of the door by
making sure that the striker in the door is centered
with the latch mechanism on the front of the unit.
1. Remove the 6 screws that fasten the control panel
assembly onto the front of the unit.
8. Reassemble the inner door, mounting plate, and
gasket with the outer door using the (3) screws on the
top and bottom of the dooor.
2. Remove the 6 screws and washers from the top edge
and from the bottom edge of the door.
PROCEDURE: TO ADJUST GASKET TO UNIT
6.2 DAILY CLEANING
After each period of daily operation (more frequently as
required to maintain cleanliness), the cooker should be
thoroughly cleaned by completing the following steps:
If you should experience build up of lime or mineral
deposits in the steam generator, it may be cleaned easily
using vinegar & water. if dealing with severe scaling use
Market Forge's descaling product, “Total Concept™” with
water.
1. Place a 4" deep steam pan under the steamer, and
turn drain valve to “open.” Allow all water to drain
before emptying the pan.
1. With drain closed, fill generator with 2 gallons water
and 1/2 gallon vinegar. Close door.
2. Allow the steamer to cool before removing rear
strainer, left and right racks, and ala-carte shelf..
2. Turn power switch to “on”.
3. Wash cooking compartment and steam generator
interiors using a mild detergent. Rinse and dry
thoroughly.
3. Place timer into “hold” mode. Let run for one hour.
4. Open door. Turn the drain valve to “open”. Allow
Vinegar/Water solution to drain into the pan. Empty as
needed.
4. Remove drip/spill trough.
5. Wash all removed pieces with a mild detergent and
nonabrasive pad. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
5. Refill steamer with water, and drain again flushing out
any remaining vinegar/water solution. Empty as
needed.
7. Square the door to the unit by raising or lowering the
hinge side of the door, keeping the latch centered with
the striker.
NOTE: A ground strap acting as a restraint prevents the
control panel from putting unnecessary strain on wires
and connections.
8. Visually inspect the door. Be sure that the door is
square to the unit, the striker is centered with the latch,
and the gasket is in contact with the entire lip of the
cooking compartment.
6.6 DOOR ADJUSTMENT
7. Leave the door slightly ajar to prolong life of the door
gasket.
9. Gently open the cooking compartment door, taking
care not to move it out of position.
10. Tighten all 4 door hinge bracket mounting screws
using a flathead screwdriver.
11. Close and visually inspect the door again, as
described in Step 8.
6.6.2 DOOR LATCH TENSION ADJUSTMENT
6.6.1 DOOR ALIGNMENT
CAUTION:
Shut off main electrical power to unit.
The cooking compartment doors are prealigned at the
factory during assembly and should not need adjusting
unless they are reversed. Should the doors need
realignment, the procedure is as follows:
6.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A good preventive maintenance program begins with the
daily cleaning procedure described above. Additional
preventive maintenance operations are presented in this
section. In establishments that employ full-time maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
maintenance personnel, the tasks described can be
assigned to them. For other installations, tasks requiring
mechanical or electrical experience must be performed
by an authorized service agency.
6.5 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL SERVICE
ACCESS
4. Tighten both nuts on the back of the handle until the
springs are fully compressed.
6. Remount the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly by assembling the 6 screws and washers.
6.7 DOOR GASKET REPLACEMENT
The cooking compartment door gaskets are made of a
silicone type rubber material, which is very durable but
subject to wear during normal operation. Should the
gasket leak, readjust the door gasket to the unit or
replace it.
PROCEDURE: REPLACE GASKET
PROCEDURE
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
2. Remove the (3) screws from the top of the door, and
the (3) screws from the bottom of the door.
PROCEDURE
2. Remove the control panel as described in section 6.5.
1. Open the cooking compartment door.
7. If “Total Concept™” is needed repeat above
procedure, replacing vinegar with “Total Concept™”.
To prevent steam leaks around the door, adjust the
gasket tension to cavity. Adjust the gasket by loosening
the 6 screws on top and bottom of door, move inner door
plate in or out, left side or right side, and tighten the
6 screws.
5. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
The cooking compartment door alignment, door handle
tension, and latch tension are preadjusted at the factory
during assembly. During normal usage, these should not
need any attention. Note that when the cooking
compartment doors are reversed, as described in
Section 2.3 of this manual, the doors will need to be
aligned and the door latch tension will need to be
adjusted (the door handle will not need adjustment when
the door is reversed).
6. Replace all removed parts.
6. Replace any removed parts, close valve, and refill
steamer. Steamer is now ready for use.
3. Remove the inner door gasket mounting plate
assembly from the outer door. Do not disassemble
these three components—remove them as an
assembly.
3. Remove the inner door, gasket plate and gasket.
3. Tighten both nuts on the back of the latch until the
springs are fully compressed.
2. Loosen all screws (2 per hinge) that mount the upper
and lower hinge brackets to the face of the unit using a
flathead screwdriver. DO NOT REMOVE THE
SCREWS.
4. Back each nut off 1 1/2 turn.
FIG. 6.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY
4. Remove the (6) nuts on the back of the inner door.
5. Remove the door gasket mounting plate and the door
gasket.
5. Remount the control panel.
The control panel assembly is mounted on the front of
the unit. It houses all the controls and indicators that are
used to operate the Eco Tech®. In order to service any of
the control panel electrical components, the control panel
assembly must be removed from the front of the unit.
3. Begin to retighten all 4 screws so that they are snug
against the face of the unit. DO NOT COMPLETELY
TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.
6. Install the new door gasket (REF. Table 7.3 for part
number) to the mounting plate.
7. Reassemble the mounting plate with gasket to the
inner door using the (6) nuts.
4. Slowly push the cooking compartment door closed
until it is latched.
ITEM NO.
3 PAN
PART NO.
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-5729
91-5766
91-5731
91-5286
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
91-7692
91-7694
91-7696
91-7783
91-5745
09-1608
08-5027
91-5901
08-4600
DESCRIPTION
OUTER DOOR
INNER DOOR
GASKET RETAINING PLATE
DOOR GASKET
DOOR HANDLE
STRIKER
MAGNET
MAGNET BRACKET
COMPRESSION SPRING
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
PART NO.
08-6567
08-6568
08-6569
08-6570
08-6571
08-6572
08-7964
08-7965
08-7966
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
91-7690
08-6308
10-2512
10-1979
10-2524
10-2380
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
91-6396
10-5944
08-6469
08-6468
08-6472
08-6475
08-5229
08-6595
08-6552
BRACKET, REED SWITCH
REED SWITCH
WASHER, STAR
SCREW, 4-40 x 7/16" LG
LOCK WASHER
NUT, 4-40
FIG. 6.4 FRONT VIEW ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.3 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
2
3
91-7681
10-7356
10-7355
08-6555
JUCTION BOX
TRANSFORMER, 208V ONLY
TRANSFORMER, 240 & 480V
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
1
1
1
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-5700
91-6910
91-6914
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6912
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-7699
91-6911
91-6915
91-7660
08-5894
91-6976
08-7520
08-6587
91-7684
91-7660
91-6475
91-6913
91-6476
91-6492
REF
91-6979
08-6586
91-7497
91-6886
91-7668
98-1572
08-6588
DESCRIPTION
RACK
PANEL, SIDE
REAR POST
PANEL, TOP
NAME PLATE CASTING
COVER, CLEAN PORT
LEG, ADJUSTABLE
DRAIN PAN
STRAINER
PANEL, TOP
HINGE, TOP
PANEL. REAR (NOT SHOWN)
HINGE, BOTTOM
LATCH, DOOR
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ASSEMBLY
SHELF, ALA CARTE
THERMOSTAT, PRE-HEAT 200°F
DRIP TROUGH
BRACKET, PAN HOLDER
REAR, ACCESS PANEL (NOT SHOWN)
STRAINER, MANUAL DRAIN (NOT SHOWN)
THERMOSTAT, HOLD 175°F
6-5
6-6
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
6. MAINTENANCE (CONTINUED)
FIG. 6.8 PLUMBING ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10-1054
08-6579
08-5072
08-6581
10-3343
91-6937
10-0973
08-5011
09-4844
08-4870
10-3539
10-2863
10-3352
98-1714
90-7100
08-4952
08-7937
08-6580
08-6502
08-7534
DESCRIPTION
STREET ELBOW, 3/8" NPT
HOSE BARB, 3/8" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
HOSE BARB, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID TUBE
TEE, 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" FEMALE X 1/2" MALE
NUT, 1/2" NPT
DRAIN VALVE
HOSE BEAD ELBOW, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" ID HOSE
4-WAY TEE, 1/2" NPT (NOT SHOWN)
UNION, 90 DEG, 1/2" NPT
HOSE BARB, 1/4" NPT X 1/4" ID HOSE
REDUCER, 1/2" NPT TO 1/4" NPT
STREET ELBOW, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" NPT
TEE, 1/2" MALE RUN. BRASS
NIPPLE, CLOSE, 1/2" NPT
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE, 1/2" THD
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH, 9" W.C.
OPERATING PRESSURE SWITCH 3" W.C.
TUBING, 1/2" ID X 3/4" OD
6-9
KW RATING
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
VOLTAGE
208
240
480
208
240
480
208
240
480
FIG. 6.5 ELECTRIC SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
FIG. 6.2 REED SWITCH SUB ASSEMBLY PART LIST
ITEM NO.
MODEL
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-3, 5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
ET-5 & 6E
QTY.
QTY.
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
ITEM NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 PAN
PART NO.
98-1682
98-1683
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
6 PAN
PART NO.
98-1685
98-1684
98-1601
98-1602
08-7957
98-1522
98-1581
08-7967
10-2458
98-1687
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DOOR SHIP BOARD ECO-TECH
PANEL, SIDE
LATCH (SPAGHETTI), DOOR, SB-ECO-TECH
BRACKET, DOOR HOLD MECH, SB-ECO-TECH
MECHANISM, DOOR HOLD LATCH, SHIP BOARD
FEET, ADJ. FLANGED, 1 1/2" O.D.
KIT, HARD DRAIN, ECO-TECH
SCREW, 8-32, FLAT HEAD SLOTTED
NUT, ACORN, 8-32, S.S.
LABEL, OPERATING & CLEANING, SB-ECO-TECH
6-10
ELECTRIC MOUNTINGPLATE
CONTACTOR
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE, 250V, 5A
RELAY
RELAY BASE
CLIP HOLD DOWN RELAY
RELAY, TIME DELAY
TERMINAL
FIG. 6.6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
ITEM
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3 PAN
PART NO.
91-6891
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
008-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
5 & 6 PAN
PART NO.
91-6892
91-7288
08-6464
08-6552
10-7395
08-7521
08-6549
09-6516
08-6575
08-6597
08-7516
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, CONTROL PANEL
LEXAN, CONTROL PANEL
TIMER, 60-MINUTE
TERMINAL STRIP
BUZZER
THERMOMETER
POWER SWITCH (ON/OFF)
LOW WATER ALARM
ALARM DECIBEL ADJUSTER
POWER SELECTOR SWITCH
TIMER KNOB
6-7
FIG. 6.9 SHIP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
QTY.
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
FIG. 6.7 HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SEE CHART
08-6598
91-6983
91-6945
08-6578
08-6576
08-7836
08-7938
10-2336
10-2500
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRIC ELEMENT
GASKET, ELEMENT
ELEMENT SUPPORT FRAME
BRACKET, HI-LIMITS
THERMOSTAT, SECONDARY HI-LIMIT 375OF
THERMOSTAT, PRIMARY HI-LIMIT 300OF
SPACER, HI-LIMIT
SCREW, HEX HD., 8-32 x 1/2" LG., S.S.
NUT, 1/4-20 THD., S.S.
WASHER, LOCK, 1/4", S.S.
6-8
QTY.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
12
12